Top Banner
CM1121, AY 2007-08 DR. LU YIXIN LECTURE 1 1 CM1121: BASIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY CM1121: BASIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Dr. Lu Yixin Department of Chemistry National University of Singapore Dr. Lu Yixin Department of Chemistry National University of Singapore
70

Lecture 1 1

Nov 29, 2014

Download

Documents

hinhthoi
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 1

CM1121 BASIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

CM1121 BASIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Dr Lu YixinDepartment of Chemistry

National University of Singapore

Dr Lu YixinDepartment of Chemistry

National University of Singapore

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 2

Course Outline (I)

bull Lecture 1 Introductionbull Lecture 2 Alkanes Cycloalkanes and their

Conformations bull Lecture 3 Reaction Mechanisms bull Lecture 4 Alkenes and Electrophilic Additionsbull Lecture 5 Alkynesbull Lecture 6 Stereochemistry and Chiralitybull Lecture 7 Alkyl Halides and Free Radical

Reactionsbull Lecture 8 Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic

Substitution Eliminations

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 3

Course Outline (II)bull Lecture 9 Aromaticity and Electrophilic

Substitutionsbull Lecture 10 Alcohols and Phenolsbull Lecture 11 Ethers and Epoxidesbull Lecture 12 Carbonyl Compounds and Nucleophilic

Additionsbull Lecture 13 Carbonyl Compounds and Nucleophilic

Acyl Substitutionsbull Lecture 14 Carbonyl Compounds and Alpha

Substitution Reactionsbull Lecture 15 Revision and a Brief Introduction to

Multi-step synthesis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 4

Timetable (I)

BreakBreakRecess (229-309)

TutorialLecture 9Week 7 (110-510)

TutorialLecture 8Week 6 (179-219)

Lecture 78Test 1Week 5 (109-149)

Lecture 6 TutorialTutorialWeek 4 (39-79)

Lecture 45Lecture 4Week 3 (278-318)

Lecture 3 TutorialLecture 23Week 2 (208-248)

Lecture 12Lecture 1Week 1 (138-178)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 5

Timetable (II)

ReadingReadingReading (1711-2311)TutorialLecture 15TutorialWeek 13 (1211-1611)HolidayLecture 14Week 12 (511-911)

Lecture 1314Lecture 13Week 11 (2910-211)Test 2TutorialWeek 10 (2210-2610)

Lecture 12TutorialWeek 9 (1510-1910)Lecture 1011Lecture 1011Week 8 (810-1210)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

Lecture notes will be uploaded to IVLE by noon of Sat amp Wed Final exam on 28 November 2007 afternoon

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 6

Grading Methods

Evaluation

Practical(20)

Test(20)

Final Closed-book Exam

(60)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 2: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 2

Course Outline (I)

bull Lecture 1 Introductionbull Lecture 2 Alkanes Cycloalkanes and their

Conformations bull Lecture 3 Reaction Mechanisms bull Lecture 4 Alkenes and Electrophilic Additionsbull Lecture 5 Alkynesbull Lecture 6 Stereochemistry and Chiralitybull Lecture 7 Alkyl Halides and Free Radical

Reactionsbull Lecture 8 Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic

Substitution Eliminations

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 3

Course Outline (II)bull Lecture 9 Aromaticity and Electrophilic

Substitutionsbull Lecture 10 Alcohols and Phenolsbull Lecture 11 Ethers and Epoxidesbull Lecture 12 Carbonyl Compounds and Nucleophilic

Additionsbull Lecture 13 Carbonyl Compounds and Nucleophilic

Acyl Substitutionsbull Lecture 14 Carbonyl Compounds and Alpha

Substitution Reactionsbull Lecture 15 Revision and a Brief Introduction to

Multi-step synthesis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 4

Timetable (I)

BreakBreakRecess (229-309)

TutorialLecture 9Week 7 (110-510)

TutorialLecture 8Week 6 (179-219)

Lecture 78Test 1Week 5 (109-149)

Lecture 6 TutorialTutorialWeek 4 (39-79)

Lecture 45Lecture 4Week 3 (278-318)

Lecture 3 TutorialLecture 23Week 2 (208-248)

Lecture 12Lecture 1Week 1 (138-178)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 5

Timetable (II)

ReadingReadingReading (1711-2311)TutorialLecture 15TutorialWeek 13 (1211-1611)HolidayLecture 14Week 12 (511-911)

Lecture 1314Lecture 13Week 11 (2910-211)Test 2TutorialWeek 10 (2210-2610)

Lecture 12TutorialWeek 9 (1510-1910)Lecture 1011Lecture 1011Week 8 (810-1210)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

Lecture notes will be uploaded to IVLE by noon of Sat amp Wed Final exam on 28 November 2007 afternoon

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 6

Grading Methods

Evaluation

Practical(20)

Test(20)

Final Closed-book Exam

(60)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 3: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 3

Course Outline (II)bull Lecture 9 Aromaticity and Electrophilic

Substitutionsbull Lecture 10 Alcohols and Phenolsbull Lecture 11 Ethers and Epoxidesbull Lecture 12 Carbonyl Compounds and Nucleophilic

Additionsbull Lecture 13 Carbonyl Compounds and Nucleophilic

Acyl Substitutionsbull Lecture 14 Carbonyl Compounds and Alpha

Substitution Reactionsbull Lecture 15 Revision and a Brief Introduction to

Multi-step synthesis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 4

Timetable (I)

BreakBreakRecess (229-309)

TutorialLecture 9Week 7 (110-510)

TutorialLecture 8Week 6 (179-219)

Lecture 78Test 1Week 5 (109-149)

Lecture 6 TutorialTutorialWeek 4 (39-79)

Lecture 45Lecture 4Week 3 (278-318)

Lecture 3 TutorialLecture 23Week 2 (208-248)

Lecture 12Lecture 1Week 1 (138-178)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 5

Timetable (II)

ReadingReadingReading (1711-2311)TutorialLecture 15TutorialWeek 13 (1211-1611)HolidayLecture 14Week 12 (511-911)

Lecture 1314Lecture 13Week 11 (2910-211)Test 2TutorialWeek 10 (2210-2610)

Lecture 12TutorialWeek 9 (1510-1910)Lecture 1011Lecture 1011Week 8 (810-1210)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

Lecture notes will be uploaded to IVLE by noon of Sat amp Wed Final exam on 28 November 2007 afternoon

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 6

Grading Methods

Evaluation

Practical(20)

Test(20)

Final Closed-book Exam

(60)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 4: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 4

Timetable (I)

BreakBreakRecess (229-309)

TutorialLecture 9Week 7 (110-510)

TutorialLecture 8Week 6 (179-219)

Lecture 78Test 1Week 5 (109-149)

Lecture 6 TutorialTutorialWeek 4 (39-79)

Lecture 45Lecture 4Week 3 (278-318)

Lecture 3 TutorialLecture 23Week 2 (208-248)

Lecture 12Lecture 1Week 1 (138-178)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 5

Timetable (II)

ReadingReadingReading (1711-2311)TutorialLecture 15TutorialWeek 13 (1211-1611)HolidayLecture 14Week 12 (511-911)

Lecture 1314Lecture 13Week 11 (2910-211)Test 2TutorialWeek 10 (2210-2610)

Lecture 12TutorialWeek 9 (1510-1910)Lecture 1011Lecture 1011Week 8 (810-1210)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

Lecture notes will be uploaded to IVLE by noon of Sat amp Wed Final exam on 28 November 2007 afternoon

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 6

Grading Methods

Evaluation

Practical(20)

Test(20)

Final Closed-book Exam

(60)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 5: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 5

Timetable (II)

ReadingReadingReading (1711-2311)TutorialLecture 15TutorialWeek 13 (1211-1611)HolidayLecture 14Week 12 (511-911)

Lecture 1314Lecture 13Week 11 (2910-211)Test 2TutorialWeek 10 (2210-2610)

Lecture 12TutorialWeek 9 (1510-1910)Lecture 1011Lecture 1011Week 8 (810-1210)

Thurs (10am-12pm)Mon (10am-12pm)Week (Mon ndash Fri)

Lecture notes will be uploaded to IVLE by noon of Sat amp Wed Final exam on 28 November 2007 afternoon

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 6

Grading Methods

Evaluation

Practical(20)

Test(20)

Final Closed-book Exam

(60)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 6: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 6

Grading Methods

Evaluation

Practical(20)

Test(20)

Final Closed-book Exam

(60)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 7: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 7

bull To understand basic organic chemistry the structure and reactivity of organic molecules

bull Be familiarized with reaction mechanisms

bull Be able to carry out simple synthesis

bull Do NOT just remembermemorize try to understandthink and ask why

bull Understand the mechanism and use 3-D models

bull Practise amp solve problems

Aims Learning Methods

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 8: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 8

Textbooks

bull John McMurry Organic Chemistry 7th Edition (strongly recommended)

bull Other useful booksndash John McMurry Organic Chemistry A

Biological Approach 2007 Editionndash Bruice Organic Chemistry 5th Edition

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 9: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 9

Lecturer and Teaching Assistantsbull Lecturer Dr Lu Yixin Office S5-03-08

Consultation hours Weds 200-300pm in my office

bull Teaching Assistants (Very Important Persons)Mr Gunari Parag Mr Zhang Sheng Mr Soh Yong Bin Matthew

bull You are strongly encouraged to use Forum at IVLE for discussions the top participants may be rewarded in the final grading

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 10: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 10

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

Lecture 1

Introductionto OrganicChemistry

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 11: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 11

Outline of Lecture 1

bull Organic chemistry and organic compounds

bull Atomic and molecular orbitalsbull Bonding theorybull Resonancebull Acids and basesbull Non-covalent Interactions

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 12: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 12

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 13: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 13

Historicalbull Foundations of organic chemistry can date back to

mid-1700rsquosbull Organic ndash until mid 1800rsquos referred to compounds

from living sourcesbull Vitalism - It was originally thought organic

compounds could be made only by living things by intervention of a ldquovital forcerdquo

bull Woumlhler in 1828 showed that urea could be made from ammonium cyanate

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 14: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 14

Organic Chemistry

bull Today organic compoundsorganic

chemistry

ndash Includes biological molecules (proteins DNA) foods medicines solvents dyes

ndash Does not include metal salts (inorganic)ndash Does not include materials of large repeating

molecules without sequences (polymers)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 15: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 15

Periodic TableH

Li

Na

K

Rb

Cs

Fr

Be

Mg

Ca

Sr

Ba

Ra

Sc

Y

La

Ac

Ti

Zr

Hf

Rf

V

Nb

Ta

Db

Cr

Mo

W

Sg

Mn

Tc

Re

Bh

Fe

Ru

Os

Hs

Co

Rh

Ir

Mt

Ni

Pd

Cu

Ag

Au

Zn

Cd

Hg

B

Al

Ga

In

Tl Pb

Sn

Ge

Si

C N

P

As

Sb

Bi

O

S

Se

Te

Po

F

Cl

Br

I

At

He

Ne

Ar

Kr

Xe

Rnpt

Uun

2

10

18

36

54

86

9

17

35

53

85

8

16

34

52

84

7

15

33

51

83

14

32

50

82

5

13

31

49

81

30

48

80

29

47

79

28

46

78

110

27

45

77

109

26

44

76

108

25

43

75

107

24

42

74

106

23

41

73

105

22

40

72

104

21

39

57

89

4

12

20

38

56

88

1

3

11

19

37

55

87

CeTh

PrPa

NdU

PmNp Pu

EuAm

GdCm

TbBk Cf

Dy HoEs

ErFm

TmMd

YbNo

LuLr

70

102 103

716968676665646362

10110099989796959493

61605958

929190Sm

6

C6

1S22S22P2

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 16: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 16

Why Carbon Atom

bull The second row of the periodic tablebull Carbon has four valence electrons (2s2 2p2) and

can form 4 covalent bonds bull Unique ability of carbon atoms to bond together

form long chains and ringsbull Generate enormous

diversity from methane to DNA RNA proteins etc

bond angle

bond length

4 identical bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 17: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 17

Drawing Chemical Structuresbull Chemists have various ways for writing structures dot structure

dash formula condensed formula and skeletal structurebull Condensed structures C-H and C-C and single bonds arent shown

but understood vertical bonds are added for clarity

Each dash represents a pair of electrons

Lone pair electrons

Lewis structure

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 18: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 18

Skeletal Structures

bull Minimum amount of information but unambiguousbull Crsquos not shown assumed to be at each intersection

of two lines (bonds) and at end of each linebull Hrsquos bonded to Crsquos arent shown ndash whatever number

is needed will be therebull All atoms other than C and H are shown

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 19: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 19

3-D Structures amp Molecular Modelsbull We often need to visualize the shape or

connections of a molecule in 3-Dbull Molecular models are three dimensional

objects that represent the aspects of interest of the moleculersquos structure

bull Framework modelsball-and-stick are essential for seeing the relationships within and between molecules

bull Space-filling models are better for examining the crowding within a molecule

bull Drawings on paper and screens are limited

C CH

H H

H

C CH H

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 20: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 20

Atomic Structurebull Structure of an atom

ndash Positively charged nucleus (protons and neutrons very dense and small (10-15 m))

ndash Negatively charged electrons are in a cloud (10-10 m) around nucleus

bull Diameter is about 2 times 10-10 m (200 picometers (pm)) [the unit angstrom (Aring) is 10-10 m = 100 pm]

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 21: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 21

Atomic Number and Atomic Mass

bull The atomic number (Z) is the number of protons in the atoms nucleus

bull The mass number (A) is the number of protons plus neutrons

bull All the atoms of a given element have the same atomic number Isotopes are atoms of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons and therefore different mass numbers

bull The atomic mass (atomic weight) of an element is the weighted average mass in atomic mass units (amu) of an elementrsquos naturally occurring isotopes

bull 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = 112 the mass of a C12 atom or 1661 x 10-24 g

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 22: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 22

Atomic Structure Orbitalsbull Quantum mechanics describes electron energies and

locations by a wave equation- each wave function is anorbital 

bull Electron cloud has no specific boundary so the most probable area is shown

bull Four different kinds of orbitals denoted s p d and fbull s orbitals spherical nucleus at centerbull p orbitals dumbbell-shaped nucleus at middle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 23: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 23

Orbitals and Shellsbull Orbitals are grouped in shells of increasing size and energybull Different shells contain different numbers and kinds of orbitalsbull Each orbital can be occupied by two electronsbull First shell contains one s orbital denoted 1s holds only two

electronsbull Second shell contains one s orbital (2s) and three p orbitals (2p)

eight electronsbull Third shell contains an s orbital (3s) three p orbitals (3p) and five d

orbitals (3d) 18 electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 24: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 24

p-Orbitals

bull In each shell there are three perpendicular porbitals px py and pz of equal energy

bull Lobes of a p orbital are separated by region of zero electron density ndasha node

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 25: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 25

Atomic Electron Configurations

bull Ground-state electron configuration of an atom lists orbitals occupied by its electrons Rules1 Lowest-energy orbitals fill first 1s rarr 2s rarr 2p rarr 3s

rarr 3p rarr 4s rarr 3d (Aufbau (ldquobuild-uprdquo) principle)2 Electron spin can have only two orientations up uarr

and down darr Only two electrons can occupy an orbital and they must be of opposite spin (Pauli exclusion principle) to have unique wave equations

3 If two or more empty orbitals of equal energy are available electrons occupy each with spins parallel until all orbitals have one electron (Hunds rule)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 26: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 26

Valences of C O and N

bull Valence electrons to form bondsHydrogen (H) 1s1

Carbon (C) 2s2 2p2 (how to explain 3-D structures of methane CH4 ethylene CH2=CH2 and ethyne CHequivCH)Nitrogen (N) 2s2 2p3 (ammonia NH3) Oxygen (O) 2s2 2p4 (water H2O)

bull Valence electrons not used in bonding are called nonbonding electrons or lone-pair electrons

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 27: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 27

Valence Bond Theory

bull A covalent bond forms when two atoms approach each other closely so that a singly occupied orbital on one atom overlaps a singly occupied orbital on the other atom

bull Electrons are paired in the overlapping orbitalsand are attracted to nuclei of both atoms

bull Octet Rule Atoms form bonds to produce the electron configuration of a noble gas

bull If necessary multiple bonds can be used to satisfy the octet rule for each atom

bull Sigma (σ) bonds are formed by head-on overlap of atomic orbitals between the nuclei

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 28: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 28

Bond Energy

bull Reaction 2 Hmiddot rarr H2 releases 436 kJmolbull Product has 436 kJmol less energy than two

atoms HndashH has bond strength of 436 kJmol (1 kJ = 02390 kcal 1 kcal = 4184 kJ)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 29: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 29

Bond Length

bull Distance between nuclei that leads to maximum stability

bull If too close they repel because both are positively charged

bull If too far apart bonding is weak

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 30: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 30

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Methane

bull Carbon has 4 valence electrons (2s2 2p2)bull In CH4 all CndashH bonds are identical (tetrahedral) bull sp3 hybrid orbitals 1 electron in 2s is promoted to 2p orbital

s orbital and three p orbitalscombine to form four equivalent unsymmetrical tetrahedral orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 31: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 31

Tetrahedral Structure of Methane

bull Sp3 orbitals on C overlap with 1s orbitals on 4 H atom to form four identical C-H bonds each CndashH bond has a strength of 438 kJmol and length of 110 Aring

bull Bond angle orbitals orient as far as possible to minimize electron repulsion each HndashCndashH is 1095deg the tetrahedral angle

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 32: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 32

Hybridization sp3 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethane

bull Two Crsquos bond to each other by σ overlap of an sp3 orbital from eachbull Three sp3 orbitals on each C overlap with H 1s orbitals to form six

CndashH bondsbull CndashH bond strength in ethane 420 kJmolbull CndashC bond is 154 Aring long and strength is 376 kJmolbull All bond angles of ethane are tetrahedral

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 33: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 33

Hybridization sp2 Orbitalsand the Structure of Ethylene

bull sp2 hybrid orbitals The 2s electron is promoted to 2porbital 2s orbital combines with two 2p orbitals giving 3 orbitals (sp2)

bull sp2 orbitals are in a plane with120deg angles bull Remaining p orbital is perpendicular to the plane

90deg 120deg

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 34: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 34

Structure of Ethylenebull Two sp2-hybridized orbitals of Crsquos overlap to

form a σ bondbull p orbitals overlap side-to-side to formation a pi

(π) bondbull Four H atoms form σ bonds with four sp2

orbitalsbull HndashCndashH and HndashCndashC bond angles of about 120degbull CndashC double bond in ethylene shorter and

stronger than single bond in ethanebull Ethylene C=C bond length 133 Aring (CndashC 154 Aring )

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 35: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 35

Hybridization sp Orbitalsand the Structure of Acetylene

bull C-C a triple bond sharing six electronsbull Promotion of one 2s electron to 2p orbitalbull Carbon 2s orbital hybridizes with a single p orbital giving

two sp hybridsndash two p orbitals remain unchanged

bull sp orbitals are linear 180deg apart on x-axisbull Two p orbitals are perpendicular on the y-axis and the z-

axis

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 36: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 36

Orbitals of Acetylenebull Two sp hybrid orbitals from each C form spndashsp σ bondbull Two sp orbitals form σ bonds with hydrogensbull pz orbitals from each C form a pzndashpz π bond by sideways

overlap and py orbitals overlap similarly

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 37: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 37

Hybridization of Nitrogen in ammonia

bull HndashNndashH bond angle in ammonia (NH3) 1073deg

bull Nrsquos orbitals (1s and 3prsquos) hybridize to form four sp3

orbitalsbull One sp3 orbital is occupied

by two nonbonding electrons and three sp3 orbitals have one electron each forming bonds to H

N 2s2 2p3

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 38: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 38

Hybridization of Oxygen in Waterbull The oxygen atom is sp3-hybridizedbull Oxygen has six valence-shell electrons but forms only

two covalent bonds leaving two lone pairsbull The HndashOndashH bond angle is 1045deg

O 2s2 2p4

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 39: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 39

Molecular Orbital Theorybull A molecular orbital (MO) where electrons are most likely

to be found in a molecule orbitals belong to the entire molecule rather than individual atoms

bull Additive combination (bonding) MO is lower in energy bull Subtractive combination (antibonding) forms MO is

higher

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 40: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 40

Molecular Orbitals in Ethylenebull The π bonding MO is from combining p orbital lobes with

the same algebraic signbull The π antibonding MO is from combining lobes with

opposite signsbull Only bonding MO is occupied

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 41: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 41

Polar Covalent Bonds Electronegativitybull Covalent bonds can have ionic characterbull These are polar covalent bonds

ndash Bonding electrons attracted more strongly by one atom than by the other

ndash Electron distribution between atoms in not symmetrical

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 42: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 42

Bond Polarity and Inductive Effect

bull Electronegativity (EN) intrinsic ability of an atom to attract the shared electrons in a covalent bond

bull Differences in EN produce bond polaritybull F is most elecronegative (EN = 40) Cs is least (EN =

07) while EN of C = 25bull Nonpolar Covalent Bonds atoms with similar ENbull Polar Covalent Bonds Difference in EN of atoms lt 2bull Ionic Bonds Difference in EN gt 2bull Inductive effect shifting of electrons in a bond in

response to EN of nearby atoms

Next

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 43: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 43

The Periodic Table and Electronegativity

Back

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 44: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 44

Dipole Moments Polar and Non-Polar Molecules

bull Dipole moment (μ) - Net molecular polarity due to difference in summed chargesndash μ = Q times r in debyes (D) 1 D = 3336 times 10minus30 coulomb

meterbull Molecules as a whole often

have net molecular polaritybull In symmetrical molecules

the effects of the local dipoles cancel each other resulting in no dipole moment

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 45: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 45

Formal Chargesbull A formal charge is a positive or negative charge on an individual

atombull The formal charge is calculated by subtracting the assigned

electrons on the atom in the molecule from the electrons in the neutral atom

bull Formal charge = (No of valence ersquos in free atom ndash No of valence ersquos in bound atom)

bull Electrons in bonds are evenly split between the two atoms while lone pair electrons belong to the atom itself

bull Knowing these forms of each atom is invaluable in drawing Lewis structures correctly and rapidly

HH

HN

O

O

Nitromethane

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 46: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 46

A Summary of Formal Charges

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 47: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 47

Resonancebull Some molecules have structures that cannot be shown with a single

representationbull In these cases we draw structures that contribute to the final

structure but which differ in the position of the π bond(s) or lone pair(s)

bull Resonance forms must be valid the octet rule appliesbull Such a structure is delocalized and to is represented by resonance

formsbull The resonance forms are connected by a double-headed arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 48: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 48

Resonance Hybridsbull None of resonance contributors represents the actual

structurebull The actual structure called a resonance hybrid is a

composite or hybrid of various resonance formsbull For example benzene (C6H6) has two resonance forms

with alternating double and single bondsndash In the resonance hybrid the actual structure all its C-

C bonds equivalent midway between double and single

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 49: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 49

Curved Arrows amp Resonance Formsbull We can imagine that electrons move in pairs to convert

from one resonance form to anotherbull A curved arrow shows that a pair of electrons moves

from the atom or bond at the tail of the arrow to the atom or bond at the head of the arrow

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 50: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 50

Acids and Bases The BroslashnstedndashLowry Definition

bull What are acids and basesbull The idea that acids are solutions

containing a lot of ldquoH+rdquo and bases are solutions containing a lot of ldquoOH-rdquo is not very useful in organic chemistry

bull Instead in BroslashnstedndashLowry definition acids and bases are species that transferdonate protons (H+)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 51: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 51

Broslashnsted Acids and Bases

bull ldquoBroslashnsted-Lowryrdquo is usually shortened to ldquoBroslashnstedrdquo

bull A Broslashnsted acid is a substance that donates a hydrogen ion (H+)

bull A Broslashnsted base is a substance that accepts the H+ (ldquoprotonrdquo is a synonym for H+ - loss of an electron from H leaving the bare nucleus - a proton)

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 52: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 52

The Reaction of HCl with H2Obull When HCl gas dissolves in water a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction

occursbull HCl donates a proton to water molecule yielding hydronium ion

(H3O+) and Clminusbull The reverse is also a Broslashnsted acidndashbase reaction of the conjugate

acid and conjugate base

Acids are shown in red bases in blue Curved arrows go from bases to acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 53: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 53

Quantitative Measures of Acid Strengthbull The equilibrium constant (Ke) for the reaction of an acid

(HA) with water to form hydronium ion and the conjugate base (A-) is a measure related to the strength of the acid

bull Stronger acids have larger Ke

bull Note that brackets [ ] indicate concentration moles per liter M

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 54: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 54

Ka ndash the Acidity Constantbull The concentration of water as a solvent does not change

significantly when it is protonated the molecular weight of H2O is 18 and one liter weighs 1000 grams so the concentration is ~ 556 M at 25deg

bull A new constant acid dissociation constant (Ka) is a useful measurement of acid strength

bull The larger the Ka the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 55: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 55

pKa ndash the Acid Strength Scale

bull For convenience the strength of an acid is indicated by its pKa (pKa = -log Ka)

bull The smaller pKa values the stronger are the acidsbull The pKa of water is 1574 the pKa of hydrogen chloride

is -7

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 56: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 56

Acid and Base Strength

bull The ldquoabilityrdquo of a Broslashnsted acid to donate a proton to is sometimes referred to as the strength of the acid

bull The strength of the acid is determined by the stability of the conjugated base

bull The more stable the conjugated base (the weaker is the conjugated base) the stronger is the acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 57: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 57

Organic Acidsbull Those that lose a proton from OndashH such as methanol

and acetic acidbull Those that lose a proton from CndashH usually from a

carbon atom next to a C=O double bond (O=CndashCndashH)

Is acetone an organic acid

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 58: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 58

Organic Basesbull Have an atom with a lone pair of electrons that can bond

to H+

bull Nitrogen-containing compounds derived from ammonia are the most common organic bases

bull Oxygen-containing compounds can react as bases when with a strong acid or as acids with strong bases

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 59: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 59

Acids and Bases The Lewis Definition

bull Lewis acids are electron pair acceptors and Lewis bases are electron pair donors

bull The Lewis definition leads to a general description of many reaction patterns but there is no scale of strengths as in the Broslashnsted definition of pKa

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 60: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 60

Lewis Acids

bull The Lewis definition of acidity includes metal cations such as Mg2+

ndash They accept a pair of electrons from a base to form a bondbull Group 3A elements such as BF3 and AlCl3 are Lewis acids

because they have unfilled valence orbitals and can accept electron pairs from Lewis bases

bull Transition-metal compounds such as TiCl4 FeCl3 ZnCl2 and SnCl4 are Lewis acids

bull Organic compounds that undergo addition reactions with Lewis bases (discussed later) are called electrophiles and therefore Lewis Acids

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 61: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 61

An illustration of Lewis Acid-Base Reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 62: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 62

Lewis Basesbull Lewis bases can accept protons as well as Lewis acids therefore

the definition encompasses that for Broslashnsted basesbull Most oxygen- and nitrogen-containing organic compounds are Lewis

bases because they have lone pairs of electronsbull Some compounds can act as both acids and bases depending on

the reaction

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 63: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 63

Non-Covalent Interactions

bull Dipole-dipole forcesbull Dispersion forcesbull Hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 64: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 64

Dipole-Dipole Interactions

bull Occur between polar molecules as a result of electrostatic interactions among dipoles

bull Forces can be attractive of repulsive depending on orientation of the molecules

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 65: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 65

Dispersion forces

bull Occur between all neighboring molecules ndash due to temporary dipoles

bull Electron distribution within molecules that are constantly changing giving molecules temporary dipoles

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 66: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 66

Hydrogen Bond Forcesbull Most important non-covalent interaction in biological

molecules

bull Forces are result of attractive interaction between a hydrogen bonded to an electronegative O N or F atom and an unshared electron pair on another O N or F atom

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 67: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 67

Hydrogen bond is very important in biological systems

α-helices

β sheets

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

A

T

N

N

N

N

N HHN N

O

OH

N

N

N

N N

N N

O

O

H

H

NH

H

H

O

O

O

3-End

5-End

OO

5-End

O3-End

O

O

O

3-End

5-EndO

O5-End

O3-End

A

T

G

C

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 68: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 68

Lecture 1 Summary (I)bull Organic chemistry ndash chemistry of carbon compoundsbull In condensed structures C-C and C-H are impliedbull Skeletal structures show bonds and not C or H (C is shown as a junction of two

lines) ndash other atoms are shownbull Molecular models are useful for representing structures for studybull Atom positively charged nucleus surrounded by negatively charged electronsbull Electronic structure of an atom described by wave equation

ndash Electrons occupy orbitals around the nucleusndash Different orbitals have different energy levels and different shapes

bull s orbitals are spherical p orbitals are dumbbell-shapedbull Covalent bonds - electron pair is shared between atomsbull Valence bond theory - electron sharing occurs by overlap of two atomic orbitalsbull Molecular orbital (MO) theory - bonds result from combination of atomic orbitals to

give molecular orbitals which belong to the entire moleculebull Sigma (σ) bonds - Circular cross-section and are formed by head-on interactionbull Pi (π) bonds ndash ldquodumbbellrdquo shape from sideways interaction of p orbitalsbull Carbon uses hybrid orbitals to form bonds in organic molecules

ndash In single bonds with tetrahedral geometry carbon has four sp3 hybrid orbitals

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 69: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 69

Lecture 1 Summary (II)ndash In double bonds with planar geometry carbon uses three equivalent sp2 hybrid

orbitals and one unhybridized p orbitalndash Carbon uses two equivalent sp hybrid orbitals to form a triple bond with linear

geometry with two unhybridized p orbitalsbull Atoms such as nitrogen and oxygen hybridize to form strong oriented bonds

ndash The nitrogen atom in ammonia and the oxygen atom in water are sp3-hybridized bull Organic molecules often have polar covalent bonds as a result of unsymmetrical

electron sharing caused by differences in the electronegativity of atomsbull The polarity of a molecule is measured by its dipole moment μbull (+) and (minus) indicate formal charges on atoms in molecules to keep track of

valence electrons around an atombull Some substances must be shown as a resonance hybrid of two or more resonance

forms that differ by the location of electronsbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) acid donatea a protonbull A Broslashnsted(ndashLowry) base accepts a protonbull The strength Broslashnsted acid is related to the -1 times the logarithm of the acidity

constant pKa Weaker acids have higher pKarsquosbull A Lewis acid has an empty orbital that can accept an electron pairbull A Lewis base can donate an unshared electron pairbull Non-covelent interactions dipole-dipole dispersion forces and hydrogen bonds

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 70: Lecture 1 1

CM1121 AY 2007-08 DR LU YIXIN

LECTURE 1 70

Foods amp Fruits of the Day

bull McMurry Chapter 1 amp 2bull Links Pauling is the only person ever to receive

two unshared Nobel Prizes - for Chemistry(1954) and for Peace (1962)

bull Paulingrsquos achievements in Chemistry dealt with many aspects in molecular structures he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals In the field of biochemistry his name is associated with helical structures of proteins Pauling won the 1962 Nobel prize for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty Read more

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 71: Lecture 1 1

Linus Paulingabout age 2 (1903) Linus Pauling as a

young boy (1906)

LinusPauling as a college student at Oregon

Agricultural College

Ava Helen and LinusPauling (1925)

Linus Pauling lecturing on metals at OSU (1983)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Pauling picturespdf

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 72: Lecture 1 1

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

HOME SITE HELP ABOUT SEARCH

NOBELPHYSICSCHEMISTRYMEDICINELITERATUREPEACEECONOMICS

LAUREATESARTICLESEDUCATIONAL

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954Presentation Speech by Professor G Haumlgg member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Your Majesties Your Royal Highnesses Ladies and Gentlemen When in the early nineteenth century Dalton had produced experimental proofs that matter consists of atoms it was not long before an explanation was sought of the forces that bind the atoms together Berzelius was of the opinion that this chemical bond was caused by electrostatic attraction between the atoms according to this belief a bond was established between two atoms if one of the atoms was positively and the other negatively charged In 1819 when Berzelius presented his theory he could apply it almost exclusively to inorganic substances only few organic substances were known as pure compounds and the study of these was difficult due to their complicated and often insufficiently known composition Berzelius however contrived to explain with the help of the new theory the bond conditions for a great number of inorganic substances and could in this wav contribute in a high degree to a greater clarity in this field Even in inorganic chemistry however certain difficulties arose How should one explain for instance how two hydrogen atoms unite to become a hydrogen molecule In order to obtain attraction between atoms one of the atoms must be positive and the other negative but why should two atoms of the same kind possess charges with opposite sign And when the knowledge of organic compounds increased new difficulties arose Berzelius for example found it necessary to assume that the hydrogen atom was always positive and the chlorine atom always negative Now it was also found that in organic molecules a hydrogen atom could often be exchanged for a chlorine atom which should be impossible if one was positive and the other negative

The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 Presentation Speech

Linus Pauling Biography Nobel Lecture Banquet Speech Other Resources Nobel Peace Prize 1962

1953 1955

The 1954 Prize in Physics Chemistry Physiology or Medicine Literature Peace

Find a Laureate

Nobelprizeorg

Get to know all 770 Prize

Winners raquo

Explore amp Learn

Games and Simulations raquo

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (1 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 73: Lecture 1 1

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

With increased knowledge problems that could not be explained by Berzelius theory became more and more numerous and the theory became discredited After the atomic theory had been accepted it soon became apparent that another important object in the field of chemistry must be to determine not only the nature of the chemical bond but also how the atoms are arranged geometrically when they unite to form larger groups such as molecules Permit me to quote from a book remarkable in its day Die Chemie der Jetztzeit written in 1869 by the Swedish chemist Blomstrand It is the important task of the chemist to imitate faithfully in his own way the elaborate constructions which we call chemical compounds and in the erection of which the atoms have served as building stones to determine as to number and relative position the points of attack at which one or the other of the atoms attaches itself to the other in short to determine the distribution in space of the atoms Blomstrand makes it the aim therefore to find the geometrical construction of substances or what is nowadays called their structure At the end of the last century it became obvious that one had to consider several different kinds of chemical bond Thus the difficulties of the Berzelius theory were also explained Berzelius interpretation was in principle correct as regards a very important type of bond but he had made the mistake of applying it also to bonds of a different type After Bohr had introduced his atomic theory one could moreover with its help give a fairly satisfactory explanation of the Berzelius bond As this bond occurs between electrically charged atoms so-called ions this bond type has often been called the ionic bond The most typical ionic bonds unite the atoms in the crystals of simple salts The bond which above all others had prevented a general application of the Berzelius theory is now commonly known as the covalent bond It occurs commonly when atoms unite to form a molecule and was once characterized by the famous American chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis as the chemical bond The bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule which as was said before could not be explained by Berzelius theory is covalent For a long time it was difficult to explain the nature of the covalent bond Lewis however succeeded in 1916 in showing

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (2 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 74: Lecture 1 1

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

that it is brought about by electrons - generally two - which are shared in common by two neighbouring atoms thereby uniting them Eleven years later Heitler and London were able to give a quantum-mechanical explanation of the phenomenon An exact mathematical treatment of the covalent bond however was possible only in the simple case where only one electron unites the two atoms and when these do not contain additional electrons outside the atomic nuclei Even for the hydrogen molecule which contains two electrons the treatment cannot be absolutely exact and in still more complicated cases the mathematical difficulties increase rapidly It has therefore been necessary to use approximate methods and the results depend to a large extent on the choice of suitable methods and the manner of their application Linus Pauling has actively contributed towards the development of these methods and he has applied them with extreme skill The results have been such as to be easily usable by chemists Pauling has also eagerly sought to apply his views to a number of structures which have been experimentally determined during the last decades both in his own laboratory in Pasadena and elsewhere It is hardly necessary to mention that we have nowadays great possibilities of reaching Blomstrands objective of determining the distribution of atoms in space This is principally done by methods of X-ray crystallography involving an examination of how a crystal influences X-rays in certain respects and then out of the effect seeking to determine how the atoms are placed in the crystal Paulings methods have been very successful and have led to observations which have further advanced the theoretical treatment But if the structure of a substance is too complicated it may become impossible to make a more direct determination of the structure with X-rays In such cases it may be possible from a knowledge of bond types atomic distances and bond directions to predict the structure and then examine whether the prediction is supported by the experiments Pauling has tried this method in his studies of the structure of proteins with which he has been occupied during recent years To make a direct determination of the structure of a protein by X-ray methods is out of the question for the present owing to the enormous number of atoms in the molecule A molecule of the coloured blood constituent hemoglobin which is a protein contains for example more than 8000 atoms In the late nineteen thirties Pauling and his colleagues had already begun to determine with X-rays the structure of amino

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (3 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 75: Lecture 1 1

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

acids and dipeptides that is to say compounds of relatively simple structure containing what may be called fragments of proteins From this were obtained valuable information - about atomic distances and bond directions These values were supplemented by the determination of the probable limits of variation for distances and directions On this basis Pauling deduced some possible structures of the fundamental units in proteins and the problem was then to examine whether these could explain the X-ray data obtained It has thus become apparent that one of these structures the so-called alpha-helix probably exists in several proteins How far Pauling is right in detail still remains to be proved but he has surely found an important principle in the structure of proteins His method is sure to prove most productive in continued studies It is hardly necessary to question the practical use of the knowledge of the nature of chemical bonds and of the structure of substances It is obvious that the properties of a substance must largely depend on the strength with which its atoms are united and the nature of the resulting structure This I does not only apply to the physical properties of the substance for instance hardness and melting point but also to its chemical properties that is to say how it participates in chemical reactions If we know how certain atoms or groups of atoms are placed in a molecule we can often predict how the molecule should react under given conditions And as every reaction results in the breaking of some bonds and the formation of others the result will largely depend on the relative strength of the different bonds

Professor Pauling Since you began your scientific career more than thirty years ago you have covered a diversity of subjects ranging over wide fields of chemistry physics and even medicine It has been said of you that you have chosen to live on the frontiers of science and we chemists are keenly aware of the influence and the stimulative effect of your pioneer work Wide though your field of activity may be you have devoted the greater part of your energy to the study of the nature of the chemical bond and the determination of the structure of molecules and crystals It is with great satisfaction therefore that the Royal Swedish

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (4 of 5)822005 12104 PM

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 76: Lecture 1 1

Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech

Academy of Sciences has decided to award to you this years Nobel Prize for Chemistry for your brilliant achievements in this fundamental field of chemistry On behalf of the Academy I wish to extend to you our heartiest congratulations and now ask you to receive from the hands of His Majesty the King the Nobel Prize for Chemistry for the year 1954

From Nobel Lectures Chemistry 1942-1962 Elsevier Publishing Company Amsterdam 1964

SITE FEEDBACK CONTACT TELL A FRIEND PRINTER-FRIENDLY PAGE BACK TO TOP

Last modified April 13 2005 Copyright copy 2005 The Nobel Foundation

httpnobelprizeorgchemistrylaureates1954presshtml (5 of 5)822005 12104 PM

  • nobelprizeorg
    • Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1954 - Presentation Speech
          1. MPGMHKIBNECBNDOCFOGEGGMFFLMGMFMG
            1. form1
              1. x
                1. f1
                2. f2 en
                  1. f3
                    1. form2
                      1. x
                        1. f1 Name
                        2. f2 who
                          1. f3
                            1. chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Nobel_Chemistry_1954pdf

                              Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

                              Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

                              Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

                              In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

                              In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

                              Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

                              Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

                              Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

                              the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

                              Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

                              In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

                              This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

                              BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

                              chmlyx
                              File Attachment
                              Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 77: Lecture 1 1

Linus PaulingmdashScientist for the Ages

Education Pauling received his BS in chemical engineering at Oregon State Agricultural College (now Oregon State University) Corvallis in 1922 then became a graduate assistant at the California Institute of Technology Pasadena where he took his PhD in physical chemistry in 1925 For two years he was a postdoctoral fellow in Europe working in the laboratories of such noted scientists as Arnold Sommerfeld in Munich Niels Bohr in Copenhagen Erwin Schroumldinger in Zuumlrich and Sir William Henry Bragg in London He returned to the California Institute of Technology as assistant professor of chemistry in 1927 becoming full professor in 1931 and serving as director of the Gates and Crellin Laboratories of Chemistry between 1936 and 1958

Scientific achievements Paulings chemical work for which he received his first Nobel Prize dealt with the many aspects of molecular structure ranging from simple molecules to proteins He was among the first to apply the principles of quantum mechanics to the structure of molecules and effectively utilized X-ray diffraction (the alteration of the straight course of X rays by the interference of an atom or group of atoms) electron diffraction (interference with the course of electrons by atoms) magnetic effects and the heat involved in forming chemical compounds for the calculation of interatomic distances and the angles between chemical bonds He was successful in relating the distances and angles between chemical bonds to molecular characteristics and to interaction between molecules

In order to account for the equivalency of the four bonds around the carbon atom he introduced the concept of hybrid orbitals in which electron orbits are moved from their original positions by mutual repulsion Pauling also recognized the presence of hybrid orbitals in the coordination of ions or groups of ions in a definite geometric arrangement about a central ion His theory of directed (positive and negative) valence (the capacity of an atom to combine with other atoms) was an outgrowth of his early work as was the concept of the partial ionic character of covalent bonds--ie atoms sharing electrons His empirical concept of electronegativity the power of attraction for electrons in a covalent bond was useful in further clarification of these problems In the case of compounds whose molecules cannot be represented unambiguously by a single structure he introduced the concept of resonance hybrids whereby the true structure of the molecule is regarded as an intermediate state between two or more depictable structures The resonance theory came under heavy but unsuccessful attack in the USSR in 1951 when doctrinaire scientists of the Communist Party argued that it conflicted with dialectical materialist principles The ideas on bonding were developed serially in his numerous journal articles during his early career and were consolidated in his book The Nature of the Chemical Bond and the Structure of Molecules and Crystals (1939) which grew out of lectures he gave in 1937 and 1938 The textbook proved to be one of the most influential of the century

In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 78: Lecture 1 1

In 1934 Pauling began to apply his knowledge of molecular structure to the complex molecules of living tissues particularly in connection with proteins His studies of the magnetic susceptibility (the ease with which something can be magnetized) of the hemoglobin (the red protein in the red cells of the blood) molecule during oxygenation inaugurated a succession of studies that led to a theory of native proteins (active proteins as found in living organisms) denatured proteins (ones that through heat or chemical action have broken some of their bonds) and coagulated (solidified) proteins He became interested in proteins involved in immunological reactions and in 1940 with a German-born biologist Max Delbruumlck developed a concept of molecular complementarity in antibody-antigen reactions (in which the production of antibodies is stimulated in an organism when foreign substances called antigens are introduced) He recognized the importance of hydrogen bonding in protein structure and in interactions between macromolecules (extremely large molecules usually built from repeating groups of smaller molecules) His work with an American chemist Robert B Corey on the structure of amino acids and polypeptides (the chief components of proteins) led him to recognize that certain proteins have helical structures

Late in the 1940s Pauling became interested in sickle-cell anemia when he learned that the red blood corpuscles show their abnormal crescent shape only in venous blood Intuitively he reasoned that the cause of the cell deformity must lie in a genetic defect associated with hemoglobin formation His studies showed that the sickling effect was nullified by the presence of oxygen in the arterial blood

Pauling also developed a molecular model for the explanation of anesthesia that was made public in 1961 introduced ideas toward the understanding of memory processes and in 1965 postulated a theory of the atomic nucleus that had certain advantages over other models His scientific career was characterized by the application of intuitive guesses aided by a phenomenal memory of chemical facts Pauling referred to this as the stochastic method (from the Greek apt to divine the truth by conjecture)

Campaign for nuclear weapons disarmament Following the development of nuclear weapons Pauling became deeply concerned about the possible hazards of exposure to radiation associated with weapons testing He expressed his view in his book No More War (1958) In January 1958 he brought to the United Nations a petition signed by 11021 scientists from all over the world urging an end to nuclear weapons tests In 1963 he left the California Institute of Technology to become a staff member of the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions at Santa Barbara where he largely devoted himself to the study of problems of peace and war No official reason was given for the award of the Peace Prize for 1962 to Pauling in 1963 but it is widely assumed that he received it for his efforts in behalf of the Nuclear Test-Ban Treaty that was concluded in the same year His pacifist views estranged him from many scientists with whom he had been closely associated during the years of World War II when he had served as a civilian with the Office of Scientific Research and Development Though he was equally opposed to nuclear testing by the United States and

the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Linus Pauling write-uppdf
Page 79: Lecture 1 1

the Soviet Union his loyalty to the United States was questioned in some conservative political circles

Later years In 1969 Pauling resigned a position he had held for two years with the University of California San Diego in protest against the educational policies of the governor of California He joined the chemistry department of Stanford University in California where he was named professor emeritus in 1974 In 1973 he founded the Linus Pauling Institute of Science and Medicine to study the prevention and treatment of illness through the intake of optimum doses of vitamins and minerals especially the daily intake of megadoses (6 to 18 grams) of vitamin C His theories on vitamin C and nutrition therapy which he promoted in his books Vitamin C and the Common Cold (1970) Cancer and Vitamin C (1979) and How to Live Longer and Feel Better (1986) provoked much controversy in the medical community

In addition to winning two Nobel Prizes Pauling was widely honoured in scientific and pacifist circles He held guest appointments in many other universities both at home and abroad His success as a scientist was based on his capacity for quick insight into new problems his ability to recognize interrelationships and the courage to put forward unorthodox ideas While his concepts were not always correct they always stimulated discussion and investigation

This article was written in part by Aaron J Ihde who is Emeritus Professor of Chemistry and the History of Science at the University of Wisconsin Madison He is the author of The Development of Modern Chemistry (1964)

BIBLIOGRAPHY Barbara Marinacci (ed) Linus Pauling in His Own Words (1995) is a selection of his writings and interviews on various topics Biographies include Anthony Serafini Linus Pauling A Man and His Science (1989) Ted Goertzel and Ben Goertzel Linus Pauling A Life in Science and Politics (1995) and Thomas Hager Linus Pauling (1995)

chmlyx
File Attachment
Linus Pauling write-uppdf